1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2214 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2216 /* Small local sym cache. */
2217 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2220 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2221 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2223 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2224 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2228 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2230 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2231 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2233 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2235 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2236 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2237 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2239 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2241 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2242 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2243 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2246 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2251 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2256 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2257 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2262 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2268 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2270 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2271 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2273 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2274 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2275 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2277 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2281 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2282 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2283 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2299 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2303 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2305 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2306 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2307 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2309 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2312 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2315 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2317 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2320 htab
->params
= params
;
2321 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2324 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2327 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2329 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2331 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2334 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2335 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2337 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2339 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2340 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2341 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2348 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2349 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2350 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2353 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2354 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2356 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2360 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2361 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2363 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2368 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2369 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2371 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2372 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2374 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2379 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2381 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2386 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2387 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2388 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2390 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2391 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2392 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2394 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2397 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2399 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2400 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2401 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2402 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2408 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2412 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2415 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2416 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2417 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2418 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2420 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2423 /* Local plt entries. */
2424 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2425 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2426 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2428 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2429 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2432 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2434 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2435 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2437 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2438 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2439 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2443 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2447 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2454 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2455 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2456 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2459 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2461 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2465 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2467 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2468 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2478 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2479 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2484 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2486 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2487 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2488 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2491 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2495 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2496 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2500 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2501 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2502 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2503 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2504 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2507 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2510 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2514 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2516 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2517 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2519 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2520 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2522 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2525 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2526 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2527 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2528 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2530 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2531 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2534 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2536 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2539 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2541 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2542 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2543 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2547 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2548 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2550 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2551 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2558 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2562 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2565 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2566 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2567 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2568 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2570 /* And plt entries. */
2571 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2573 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2575 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2576 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2578 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2580 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2582 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2583 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2585 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2592 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2596 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2599 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2602 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2603 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2604 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2605 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2607 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2611 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2612 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2615 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2616 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2617 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2618 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2619 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2623 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2624 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2625 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2626 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2628 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2630 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2632 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2633 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2635 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2637 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2638 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2640 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2643 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2648 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2654 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2656 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2657 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2658 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2660 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2662 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2663 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2664 return linker_pointers
;
2669 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2672 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2673 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2675 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2678 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2679 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2682 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2684 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2687 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2689 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2690 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2691 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2696 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2702 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2703 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2705 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2708 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2711 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2712 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2717 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2720 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2721 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2726 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2729 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2730 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2731 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2732 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2733 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2735 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2738 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2740 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2741 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2743 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2745 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2746 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2750 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2751 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2752 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2758 static struct plt_entry
**
2759 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2761 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2764 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2765 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2766 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2768 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2770 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2772 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2774 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2775 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2776 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2778 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2781 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2783 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2784 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2785 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2786 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2790 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2791 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2793 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2797 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2798 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2802 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2803 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2808 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2816 static struct plt_entry
*
2817 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2819 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2823 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2824 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2830 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2832 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2845 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2848 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2850 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2853 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2857 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2860 /* xgettext:c-format */
2861 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2863 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2867 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2868 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2875 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2877 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2878 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2881 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2882 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2885 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2889 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2893 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2895 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2896 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2897 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2899 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2900 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2902 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2903 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2904 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2907 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2908 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2909 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2910 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2911 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2914 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2915 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2917 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2918 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2921 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2922 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2925 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2926 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2930 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2931 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2932 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2933 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2936 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2937 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2940 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2941 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2943 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2944 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2945 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2947 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2951 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2953 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2960 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2962 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2963 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2964 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2968 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2969 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2971 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2972 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2973 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2974 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2975 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2978 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2979 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2981 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2984 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2985 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2986 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2992 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2993 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2998 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2999 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3000 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3004 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3005 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3012 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3013 its parameter symbol. */
3015 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3017 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3018 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3027 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3029 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3036 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3043 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3044 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3045 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3052 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3054 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3057 /* GOT16 relocations */
3059 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3062 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3063 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3065 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3066 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3067 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3072 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3073 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3076 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3077 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3080 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3082 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3084 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3089 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3090 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3091 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3092 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3097 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3098 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3102 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3103 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3104 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3106 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3109 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3116 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3120 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3121 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3127 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3128 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3129 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3132 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3133 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3149 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3150 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3152 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3155 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3158 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3159 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3166 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3169 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3170 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3176 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3180 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3183 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3186 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3190 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3194 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3195 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3196 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3197 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3200 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3202 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3205 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3206 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3212 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3213 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3215 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3219 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3220 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3221 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3222 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3223 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3224 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3228 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3229 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3230 section relative. */
3232 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3233 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3234 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3236 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3237 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3238 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3244 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3245 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3246 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3247 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3250 /* These are just markers. */
3252 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3256 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3257 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3261 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3263 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3264 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3265 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3266 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3269 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3273 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3274 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3275 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3278 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3279 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3280 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3282 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3283 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3285 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3288 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3293 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3294 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3295 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3296 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3300 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3301 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3302 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3303 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3307 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3310 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3312 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3313 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3314 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3318 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3319 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3325 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3326 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3327 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3329 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3330 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3331 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3332 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3333 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3338 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3343 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3346 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3347 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3350 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3358 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3361 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3363 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3364 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3365 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3368 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3370 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3371 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3372 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3373 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3374 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3381 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3384 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3386 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3388 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3389 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3398 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3399 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3401 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3402 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3404 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3410 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3411 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3412 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3413 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3414 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3415 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3416 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3417 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3418 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3419 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3420 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3421 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3422 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3423 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3424 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3427 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3428 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3429 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3431 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3432 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3434 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3435 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3436 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3437 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3438 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3440 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3441 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3445 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3446 "create relocation for %s\n",
3447 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3448 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3452 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3453 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3455 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3456 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3462 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3463 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3469 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3471 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3473 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3476 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3483 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3488 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3489 We really need local syms available to do this
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3493 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3496 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3498 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3503 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3507 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3508 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3509 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3511 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3513 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3515 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3518 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3521 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3535 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3536 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3538 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3540 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3541 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3542 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3543 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3544 bfd_boolean warn_only
;
3546 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3547 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3548 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3549 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3550 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3551 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3552 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3553 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3554 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3556 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3557 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3559 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3560 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3562 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3564 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3565 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3566 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3570 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3574 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3575 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3579 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3582 /* xgettext:c-format */
3583 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3587 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3590 /* xgettext:c-format */
3591 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3595 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3598 /* xgettext:c-format */
3599 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3600 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3603 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3606 /* xgettext:c-format */
3607 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3608 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3612 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3613 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3616 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3620 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3621 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3625 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3628 /* xgettext:c-format */
3629 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3630 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3633 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3636 /* xgettext:c-format */
3637 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3638 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3641 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3644 /* xgettext:c-format */
3645 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3646 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3649 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3652 /* xgettext:c-format */
3653 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3654 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3661 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3667 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3668 there are conflicting attributes. */
3670 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3673 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3674 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3677 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3680 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3681 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3682 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3684 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3685 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3686 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3687 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3689 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3691 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3697 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3699 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3700 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3703 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3704 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3705 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3706 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3708 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3710 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3712 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3713 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3716 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3725 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3728 /* xgettext:c-format */
3729 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3731 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3736 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3737 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3738 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3742 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3746 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3748 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3750 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3751 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3754 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3757 /* xgettext:c-format */
3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3759 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3760 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3763 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3766 /* xgettext:c-format */
3767 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3768 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3769 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3775 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3779 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3780 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3783 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3784 object file when linking. */
3787 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3789 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3794 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3797 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3798 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3801 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3804 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3807 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3809 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3811 /* First call, no flags set. */
3812 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3813 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3816 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3817 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3820 /* Incompatible flags. */
3823 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3824 to be linked with either. */
3826 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3827 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3831 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3832 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3834 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3835 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3839 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3840 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3843 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3844 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3847 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3848 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3849 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3850 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3851 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3852 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3854 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3855 any module uses it. */
3856 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3861 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3862 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3866 /* xgettext:c-format */
3867 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3868 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3869 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3883 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3884 asection
*input_section
,
3885 unsigned long offset
,
3888 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3891 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3893 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3894 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3895 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3899 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3901 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3904 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3907 /* xgettext:c-format */
3908 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3909 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3912 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3918 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3920 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3923 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3926 /* xgettext:c-format */
3927 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3928 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3931 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3933 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3934 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3935 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3937 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3938 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3939 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3944 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3945 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3947 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3952 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3956 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3957 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3958 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3959 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3960 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3961 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3962 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3963 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3968 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3969 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3971 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3974 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3977 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3983 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3984 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3985 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3986 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3987 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3988 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3989 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3992 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3993 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3995 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3996 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3997 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3998 r30 to be set up. */
3999 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4004 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4006 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4007 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4008 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4009 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4010 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4012 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4013 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4015 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4017 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4020 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4024 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4027 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4029 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4032 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4037 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4039 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4040 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4042 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4043 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4044 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4047 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4048 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4049 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4054 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4055 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4059 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4062 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4066 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4067 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4068 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4070 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4073 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4076 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4080 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4084 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4087 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4088 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4089 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4094 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4100 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4102 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4110 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4112 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4113 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4114 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4115 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4119 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4120 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4127 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4129 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4130 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4131 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4132 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4133 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4134 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4136 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4138 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4146 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4147 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4149 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4151 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4152 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4155 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4156 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4158 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4159 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4160 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4161 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4162 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4164 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4170 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4171 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4174 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4176 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4179 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4181 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4185 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4186 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4187 between the call and its destination. */
4191 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4192 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4194 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4196 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4197 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4200 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4201 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4203 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4205 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4209 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4210 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4211 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4212 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4213 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4214 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4215 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4216 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4217 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4218 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4219 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4220 together except their symbol. */
4222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4227 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4231 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4233 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4234 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4235 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4237 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4239 /* Read the relocations. */
4240 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4242 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4245 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4246 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4248 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4249 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4252 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4253 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4255 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4256 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4259 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4260 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4263 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4265 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4270 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4274 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4277 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4278 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4279 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4281 + sec
->output_offset
4282 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4283 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4284 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4287 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4291 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4292 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4294 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4297 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4304 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4305 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4308 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4310 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4312 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4313 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4314 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4315 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4316 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4318 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4320 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4321 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4322 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4324 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4325 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4327 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4328 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4329 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4330 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4331 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4332 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4334 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4336 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4337 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4339 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4340 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4341 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4345 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4346 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4347 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4349 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4351 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4353 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4355 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4358 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4363 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4365 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4367 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4369 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4370 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4373 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4376 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4380 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4381 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4382 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4385 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4386 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4388 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4393 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4394 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4395 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4396 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4403 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4407 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4412 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4415 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4418 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4422 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4423 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4424 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4425 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4426 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4427 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4428 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4429 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4432 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4434 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4435 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4437 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4438 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4440 /* Read the relocations. */
4441 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4443 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4446 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4447 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4449 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4450 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4452 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4453 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4454 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4455 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4457 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4458 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4460 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4462 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4463 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4464 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4465 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4466 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4469 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4470 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4471 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4472 without marker relocs, then check that each
4473 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4474 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4475 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4476 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4478 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4480 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4481 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4482 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4484 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4485 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4486 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4487 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4492 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4497 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4502 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4503 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4504 that turns out to be the case. */
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4515 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4525 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4537 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4548 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4549 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4552 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4554 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4560 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4561 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4562 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4563 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4564 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4567 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4570 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4571 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4572 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4575 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4576 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4582 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4593 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4594 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4597 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4598 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4599 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4602 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4603 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4604 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4605 the entire optimization. */
4606 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4607 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4608 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4609 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4616 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4617 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4621 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4622 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4623 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4625 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4626 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4628 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4629 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4630 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4631 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4632 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4633 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4636 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4637 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4638 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4639 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4640 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4641 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4642 Disable optimization in this case. */
4643 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4644 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4645 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4646 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4649 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4651 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4654 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4655 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4656 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4657 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4658 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4660 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4661 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4668 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4673 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4674 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4677 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4681 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4685 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4686 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4687 size_dynamic_sections. */
4690 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4692 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4695 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4697 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4698 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4703 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4706 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4708 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4710 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4711 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4716 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4717 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4718 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4719 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4723 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4724 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4726 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4730 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4731 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4734 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4735 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4736 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4738 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4742 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4744 /* Deal with function syms. */
4745 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4746 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4749 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4750 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4751 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4752 function symbol is local. */
4753 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4754 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4756 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4757 won't need a .plt entry. */
4758 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4759 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4760 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4763 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4765 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4766 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4767 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4769 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4771 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4772 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4773 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4775 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4777 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4778 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4779 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4781 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4785 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4786 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4787 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4788 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4789 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4790 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4791 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4792 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4794 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4796 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4797 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4798 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4799 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4800 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4802 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4803 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4804 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4805 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4806 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4808 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4809 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4810 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4811 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4813 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4814 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4818 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4820 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4821 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4822 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4823 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4825 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4826 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4827 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4828 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4829 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4830 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4831 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4832 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4836 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4837 is not a function. */
4839 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4840 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4841 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4842 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4843 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4845 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4849 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4850 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4851 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4853 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4857 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4858 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4859 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4860 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4861 if (h
->protected_def
)
4863 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4864 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4865 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4866 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4867 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4868 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4872 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4873 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4876 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4877 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4878 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4879 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4880 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4882 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4883 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4884 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4886 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4889 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4890 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4891 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4892 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4893 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4894 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4895 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4896 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4897 same memory location for the variable.
4899 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4900 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4901 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4903 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4904 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4906 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4907 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4909 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4913 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4914 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4915 and into the runtime process image. */
4916 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4917 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4918 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4919 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4921 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4922 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4923 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4927 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4928 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4929 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4932 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4933 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4934 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4935 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4936 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4939 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4941 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4944 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4947 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4949 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4950 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4952 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4954 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4955 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4958 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4959 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4962 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4964 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4965 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4966 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4967 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4970 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4972 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4973 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4974 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4975 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4976 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4977 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4978 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4980 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4985 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4986 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4989 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4992 unsigned int max_before_header
;
4994 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
4996 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
4997 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5001 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5002 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5004 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5005 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5009 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5010 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5012 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5015 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5016 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5022 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5023 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5025 static inline unsigned int
5026 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5029 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5034 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5036 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5038 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5044 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5047 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5048 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5050 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5052 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5053 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5054 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5055 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5058 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5059 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5063 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5066 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5068 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5069 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5070 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5071 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5074 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5077 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5078 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5079 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5080 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5081 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5082 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5083 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5084 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5085 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5089 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5090 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5094 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5096 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5097 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5098 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5099 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5100 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5104 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5106 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5109 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5110 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5111 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5112 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5113 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5114 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5115 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5116 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5117 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5121 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5122 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5123 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5124 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5125 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5126 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5132 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5134 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5135 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5136 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5137 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5138 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5140 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5141 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5142 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5143 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5145 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5146 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5147 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5148 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5150 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5153 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5154 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5155 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5156 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5158 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5160 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5161 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5162 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5163 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5164 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5165 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5166 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5168 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5170 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5172 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5181 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5183 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5185 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5187 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5194 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5196 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5197 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5201 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5203 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5204 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5206 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5208 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5209 && !(h
->protected_def
5210 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5211 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5212 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5214 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5215 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5218 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5219 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5222 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5225 /* Allocate space. */
5226 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5228 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5229 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5230 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5231 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5234 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5235 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5238 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5239 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5240 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5242 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5243 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5246 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5247 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5248 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5249 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5251 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5252 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5253 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5255 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5256 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5258 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5262 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5268 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5272 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5275 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5277 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5278 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5282 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5284 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5285 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5288 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5292 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5293 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5295 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5297 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5298 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5306 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5307 for the special first entry. */
5309 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5311 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5312 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5313 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5314 word available at the end. */
5315 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5316 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5318 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5319 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5321 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5322 file, and we are not generating a shared
5323 library, then set the symbol to this location
5324 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5325 relocations, and is required to make
5326 function pointers compare as equal between
5327 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5328 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5332 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5333 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5336 /* Make room for this entry. */
5337 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5338 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5340 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5341 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5342 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5343 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5344 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5346 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5349 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5354 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5356 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5357 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5359 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5361 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5362 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5367 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5369 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5371 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5372 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5373 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5376 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5378 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5379 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5380 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5383 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5384 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5385 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5388 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5390 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5397 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5401 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5407 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5414 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5416 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5417 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5418 1, /* CIE version. */
5419 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5420 4, /* Code alignment. */
5421 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5423 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5424 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5425 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5428 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5431 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5434 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5440 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5443 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5444 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5446 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5448 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5449 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5451 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5452 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5453 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5454 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5458 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5459 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5460 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5461 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5463 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5465 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5467 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5468 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5469 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5470 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5472 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5473 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5475 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5478 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5480 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5482 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5483 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5487 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5488 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5490 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5491 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5492 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5495 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5496 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5499 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5500 handled specially by the loader. */
5502 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5504 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5506 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5507 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5508 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5509 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5510 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5512 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5513 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5514 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5520 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5524 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5525 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5526 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5527 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5528 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5529 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5531 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5535 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5536 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5537 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5539 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5542 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5543 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5544 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5545 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5549 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5550 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5551 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5552 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5558 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5560 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5563 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5564 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5565 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5567 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5568 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5569 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5571 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5572 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5574 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5576 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5577 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5579 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5587 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5590 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5592 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5595 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5596 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5598 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5602 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5604 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5605 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5607 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5609 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5610 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5616 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5620 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5621 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5623 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5625 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5626 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5627 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5630 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5632 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5634 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5636 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5637 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5638 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5639 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5640 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5642 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5643 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5645 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5648 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5650 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5654 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5655 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5657 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5661 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5662 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5663 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5664 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5665 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5668 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5669 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5670 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5672 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5673 /* Space for the branch table. */
5675 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5676 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5677 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5679 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5681 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5684 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5685 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5688 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5690 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5691 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5692 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5693 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5694 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5695 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5696 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5698 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5700 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5701 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5704 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5706 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5707 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5708 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5709 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5710 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5711 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5712 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5714 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5719 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5720 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5721 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5722 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5723 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5725 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5726 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5727 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5730 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5735 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5736 Allocate memory for them. */
5738 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5740 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5742 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5745 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5746 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5748 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5749 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5750 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5751 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5752 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5753 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5756 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5757 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5759 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5760 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5762 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5763 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5764 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5766 /* Strip these too. */
5768 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5769 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5771 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5773 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5777 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5780 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5781 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5787 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5791 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5793 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5794 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5795 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5796 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5797 before the linker maps input sections to output
5798 sections. The linker does that before
5799 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5800 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5801 into these sections. */
5802 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5806 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5809 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5810 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5811 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5815 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5817 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5818 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5819 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5820 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5821 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5822 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5823 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5825 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5827 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5831 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5833 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5834 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5835 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5836 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5840 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5841 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5842 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5844 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5846 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5847 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5848 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5849 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5855 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5856 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5857 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5861 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5862 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5863 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5864 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5865 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
,
5868 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5873 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5874 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5877 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5879 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5880 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5882 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5885 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5886 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5887 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5888 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5890 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5891 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5894 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5895 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5897 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5900 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5905 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5906 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5908 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5910 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5913 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5916 else if (adv
< 65536)
5918 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5919 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5924 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5928 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5931 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5932 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5935 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5936 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5942 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5943 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5946 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5948 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5950 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5954 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5955 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5957 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5958 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5960 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5961 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5962 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5963 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5970 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5976 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5977 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5982 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5985 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5987 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5989 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5990 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
5993 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
5996 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5998 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5999 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6000 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6002 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6003 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6004 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6005 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6006 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6007 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6008 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6009 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6012 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6014 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6015 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6016 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6017 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6020 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6022 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6023 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6026 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6027 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6028 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6029 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6032 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6034 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6037 struct one_branch_fixup
6039 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6041 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6042 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6047 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6048 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6049 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6050 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6051 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6052 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6053 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6054 unsigned changes
= 0;
6055 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6056 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6057 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6059 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6063 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6064 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6065 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6066 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6070 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6071 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6073 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6076 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6080 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6081 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6082 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6083 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6085 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6086 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6087 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6089 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6090 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6092 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6094 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6095 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6096 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6099 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6100 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6103 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6104 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6105 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6106 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6107 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6110 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6112 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6113 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6115 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6116 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6118 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6119 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6120 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6124 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6126 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6127 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6129 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6132 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6133 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6134 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6137 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6138 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6139 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6140 unsigned char sym_type
;
6145 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6146 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6148 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6152 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6153 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6154 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6157 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6158 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6166 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6167 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6168 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6175 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6176 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6180 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6181 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6186 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6187 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6188 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6192 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6193 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6194 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6199 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6200 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6201 branch stub in that case. */
6202 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6203 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6204 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6206 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6207 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6208 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6210 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6211 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6212 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6213 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6214 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6216 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6218 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6220 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6221 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6222 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6223 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6224 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6229 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6230 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6232 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6233 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6234 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6237 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6240 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6243 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6244 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6245 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6247 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6248 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6249 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6250 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6257 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6262 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6263 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6264 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6268 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6269 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6270 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6271 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6275 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6276 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6277 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6278 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6280 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6281 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6283 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6284 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6285 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6286 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6291 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6293 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6294 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6295 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6298 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6300 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6301 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6304 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6308 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6309 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6314 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6315 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6320 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6321 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6322 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6323 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6324 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6325 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6326 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6327 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6328 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6331 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6332 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6333 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6334 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6335 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6336 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6338 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6339 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6340 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6341 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6342 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6344 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6345 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6346 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6347 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6348 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6349 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6350 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6351 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6352 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6353 location of interest is just "sym". */
6354 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6355 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6356 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6359 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6360 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6363 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6364 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6365 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6367 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6368 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6369 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6371 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6372 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6373 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6374 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6375 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6376 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6379 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6381 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6382 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6383 fixup can be created at final link.
6384 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6385 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6386 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6387 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6388 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6391 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6392 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6393 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6394 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6395 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6396 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6398 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6400 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6401 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6402 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6403 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6407 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6408 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6409 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6415 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6417 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6418 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6419 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6420 one. We'll report an error later. */
6423 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6425 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6430 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6433 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6434 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6435 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6437 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6438 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6439 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6442 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6443 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6444 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6446 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6447 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6448 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6451 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6452 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6453 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6456 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6464 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6465 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6468 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6469 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6472 /* Get the section contents. */
6473 if (contents
== NULL
)
6475 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6476 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6477 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6478 /* Go get them off disk. */
6479 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6483 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6484 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6488 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6489 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6490 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6492 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6493 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6497 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6498 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6499 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6502 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6507 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6509 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6510 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6515 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6517 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6518 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6519 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6521 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6522 unsigned int crossings
;
6523 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6525 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6526 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6528 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6531 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6532 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6533 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6534 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6535 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6536 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6538 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6539 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6541 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6542 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6544 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6547 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6549 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6550 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6551 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6552 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6555 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6556 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6559 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6561 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6565 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6566 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6570 if (contents
!= NULL
6571 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6573 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6577 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6578 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6582 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6585 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6586 information for the trampolines. */
6587 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6588 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6589 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6594 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6595 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6596 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6598 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6600 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6602 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6603 free (internal_relocs
);
6604 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6605 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6606 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6607 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6609 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6610 free (internal_relocs
);
6612 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6616 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6618 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6619 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6622 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6624 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6626 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6627 free (internal_relocs
);
6631 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6632 discarded sections. */
6635 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6637 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6640 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6643 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6646 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6649 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6650 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6653 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6655 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6657 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6661 /* Handle global symbol. */
6662 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6664 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6665 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6666 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6670 /* Handle local symbol. */
6671 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6673 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6674 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6675 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6678 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6681 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6683 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6684 as a "written" flag. */
6685 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6687 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6688 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6689 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6690 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6693 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6694 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6695 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6696 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6700 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6701 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6707 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6708 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6709 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6712 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6713 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6714 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6716 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6717 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6719 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6722 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6723 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6725 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6727 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6729 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6731 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6733 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6735 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6737 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6739 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6743 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6744 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6745 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6747 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6751 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6753 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6754 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6755 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6756 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6760 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6787 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6790 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6792 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6793 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6794 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6795 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6798 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6799 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6800 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6803 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6807 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6810 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6811 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6812 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6813 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6817 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6820 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6821 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6822 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6823 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6824 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6825 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6826 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6827 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6828 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6829 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6831 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6838 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6839 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6840 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6843 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6845 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6846 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6847 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6848 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6849 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6850 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6851 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6852 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6853 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6855 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6856 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6857 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6858 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6859 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6860 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6861 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6863 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6864 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6866 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6868 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6869 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6870 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6871 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6873 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6874 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6875 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6876 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6884 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6886 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6893 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6895 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6896 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6897 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6900 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6901 to handle the relocations for a section.
6903 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6904 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6907 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6908 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6909 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6912 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6913 address or the reloc symbol index.
6915 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6917 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6918 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6920 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6921 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6923 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6924 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6925 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6926 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6930 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6931 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6933 asection
*input_section
,
6935 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6937 asection
**local_sections
)
6939 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6941 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6942 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6943 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6944 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6945 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6947 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6948 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6949 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6950 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6951 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6952 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6955 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6956 "%ld relocations%s",
6957 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6958 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6959 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6962 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6964 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6968 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6970 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6971 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6972 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6974 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6975 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6976 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6977 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6978 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6979 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6980 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6981 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6983 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6984 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6985 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6986 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6987 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6989 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6991 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6992 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6994 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6995 const char *sym_name
;
6996 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6997 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6999 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7000 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7002 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7003 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7004 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7007 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7011 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7013 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7015 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7017 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7018 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7019 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7021 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7025 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7027 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7028 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7030 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7032 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7035 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7037 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7038 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7039 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7041 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7042 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7044 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7045 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7046 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7050 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7051 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7052 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7053 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7054 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7055 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7061 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7064 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7065 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7067 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7068 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7069 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7071 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7072 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7073 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7077 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7078 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7079 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7080 for the final instruction stream. */
7084 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7085 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7087 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7090 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7091 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7092 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7095 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7096 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7097 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7098 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7099 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7100 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7101 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7102 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7103 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7110 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7111 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7112 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7113 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7117 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7118 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7120 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7121 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7122 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7123 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7124 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7129 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7130 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7134 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7135 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7138 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7139 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7140 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7142 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7143 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7144 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7148 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7149 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7151 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7155 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7157 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7160 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7161 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7162 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7165 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7166 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7167 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7169 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7173 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7174 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7176 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7180 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7181 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7182 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7184 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7188 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7189 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7190 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7191 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7192 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7193 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7194 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7196 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7197 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7198 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7199 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7200 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7201 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7202 intervening code. */
7203 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7204 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7205 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7208 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7209 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7210 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7212 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7213 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7216 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7217 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7218 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7223 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7224 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7227 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7229 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7231 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7233 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7234 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7235 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7236 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7237 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7238 + sec
->output_offset
7239 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7241 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7242 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7243 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7245 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7246 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7247 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7248 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7253 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7256 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7257 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7264 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7265 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7268 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7270 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7273 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7277 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7280 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7281 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7286 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7287 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7288 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7290 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7292 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7293 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7294 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7299 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7300 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7304 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7307 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7312 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7314 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7316 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7317 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7318 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7319 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7320 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7321 + sec
->output_offset
7322 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7324 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7325 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7326 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7328 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7329 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7330 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7331 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7337 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7344 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7345 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7346 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7347 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7350 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7351 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7352 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7356 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7357 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7360 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7361 + input_section
->output_offset
7362 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7364 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7365 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7366 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7372 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7376 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7377 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7378 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7379 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7381 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7383 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7384 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7385 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7386 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7389 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7390 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7391 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7392 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7393 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7398 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7402 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7403 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7404 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7406 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7407 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7410 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7412 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7413 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7414 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7415 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7421 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7422 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7423 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7425 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7426 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7427 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7428 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7429 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7432 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7433 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7434 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7435 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7436 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7437 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7438 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7440 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7441 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7443 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7445 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7446 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7447 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7450 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7451 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7453 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7454 output is reasonable. */
7455 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7457 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7458 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7459 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7461 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7463 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7467 /* xgettext:c-format */
7468 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7469 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7470 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7471 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7473 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7475 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7476 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7477 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7478 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7479 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7480 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7489 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7490 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7491 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7493 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7494 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7496 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7498 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7499 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7503 /* xgettext:c-format */
7504 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7505 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7506 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7507 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7512 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7514 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7518 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7519 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7521 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7522 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7524 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7526 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7527 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7528 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7533 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7534 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7535 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7536 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7537 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7540 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7541 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7542 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7543 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7544 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7545 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7546 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7550 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7552 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7553 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7555 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7557 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7558 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7559 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7560 apparently are using code compiled with
7561 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7562 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7563 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7564 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7566 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7567 /* xgettext:c-format */
7568 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7569 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7572 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7573 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7574 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7576 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7577 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7578 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7579 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7581 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7582 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7587 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7588 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7590 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7591 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7598 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7599 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7601 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7602 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7603 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7605 /* xgettext:c-format */
7606 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7607 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7608 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7610 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7614 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7615 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7617 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7618 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7619 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7621 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7630 /* xgettext:c-format */
7631 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7632 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7642 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7643 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7644 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7647 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7648 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7649 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7650 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7651 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7652 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7653 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7654 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7655 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7658 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7659 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7660 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7661 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7662 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7665 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7666 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7667 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7668 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7669 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7672 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7673 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7674 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7675 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7676 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7680 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7681 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7682 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7686 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7692 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7696 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7697 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7698 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7701 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7703 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7704 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7705 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7706 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7707 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7708 because of a version file. */
7713 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7715 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7719 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7721 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7724 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7725 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7726 processed this entry. */
7732 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7733 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7734 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7737 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7739 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7740 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7743 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7744 Initialize them all. */
7749 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7751 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7754 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7756 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7759 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7761 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7762 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7764 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7766 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7770 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7772 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7774 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7776 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7777 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7779 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7784 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7786 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7787 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7788 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7790 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7791 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7793 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7794 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7796 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7797 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7799 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7800 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7801 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7802 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7804 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7806 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7809 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7810 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7811 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7812 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7814 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7815 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7816 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7818 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7819 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7821 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7822 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7824 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7825 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7827 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7830 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7831 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7832 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7833 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7836 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7837 emitting a reloc. */
7840 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7844 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7848 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7851 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7852 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7853 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7856 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7858 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7859 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7863 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7864 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7868 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7877 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7880 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7882 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7884 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7885 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7887 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7889 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7891 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7893 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7900 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7901 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7904 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7905 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7907 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7909 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7910 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7911 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7912 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7914 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7915 /* xgettext:c-format */
7916 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7917 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7923 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7924 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7925 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7926 at a symbol not in this object. */
7927 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7929 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7930 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7937 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7939 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7940 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7941 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7942 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7943 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7944 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7945 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7946 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7947 /* xgettext:c-format */
7948 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7949 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7950 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7954 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7955 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7956 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7957 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7958 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7959 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7962 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7965 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7966 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7967 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7969 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7970 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7972 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7973 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7974 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7975 defined before using them. */
7976 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7977 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7978 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7980 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7983 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7984 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7985 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7986 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7987 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7991 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7992 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7995 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7996 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7997 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8000 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8006 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8007 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8008 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8009 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8013 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8019 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8020 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8021 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8026 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8027 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8028 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8031 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8032 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8033 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8034 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8035 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8036 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8042 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8043 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8044 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8049 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8053 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8055 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8056 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8057 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8059 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8067 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8068 "create relocation for %s\n",
8069 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8070 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8073 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8074 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8077 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8080 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8081 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8082 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8083 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8084 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8086 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8087 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8088 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8089 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8090 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8091 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8092 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8095 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8096 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8099 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8100 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8101 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8102 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8106 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8108 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8112 /* If we get here when building a static
8113 executable, then the libc startup function
8114 responsible for applying indirect function
8115 relocations is going to complain about
8117 If we get here when building a dynamic
8118 executable, it will be because we have
8119 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8120 will set the text segment writable and
8121 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8122 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8123 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8124 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8125 /* xgettext:c-format */
8126 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8127 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8128 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8133 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8135 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8144 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8145 against a section symbol. It would be
8146 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8147 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8148 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8149 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8150 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8151 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8153 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8158 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8161 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8162 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8164 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8167 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8168 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8170 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8171 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8174 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8176 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8177 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8179 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8182 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8185 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8187 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8188 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8189 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8194 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8195 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8196 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8201 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8202 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8205 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8212 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8213 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8216 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8217 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8219 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8222 got2_addend
= addend
;
8225 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8226 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8227 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8228 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8229 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8231 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8232 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8241 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8244 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8246 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8247 + input_section
->output_offset
8248 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8249 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8250 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8251 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8254 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8259 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8262 relocation
+= addend
;
8263 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8266 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8268 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8273 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8274 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8282 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8286 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8287 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8288 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8289 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8290 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8291 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8292 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8293 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8295 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8296 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8300 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8301 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8302 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8303 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8305 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8309 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8310 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8314 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8315 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8316 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8317 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8319 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8323 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8324 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8328 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8329 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8330 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8331 AIX .toc section. */
8332 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8333 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8335 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8338 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8339 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8341 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8344 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8345 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8347 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8349 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8350 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8352 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8354 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8355 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8356 using -Bsymbolic. */
8360 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8361 procedure linkage table. */
8362 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8363 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8364 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8365 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8366 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8368 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8369 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8374 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8375 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8376 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8382 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8383 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8384 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8387 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8388 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8390 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8392 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8393 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8394 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8395 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8397 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8398 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8400 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8402 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8403 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8404 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8408 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8409 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8410 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8412 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8415 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8417 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8419 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8420 + plt
->output_offset
8422 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8426 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8428 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8429 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8431 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8439 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8440 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8443 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8446 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8447 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8449 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8452 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8454 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8455 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8456 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8459 /* xgettext:c-format */
8460 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8461 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8470 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8471 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8477 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8478 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8480 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8483 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8485 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8486 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8487 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8490 /* xgettext:c-format */
8491 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8492 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8501 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8502 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8503 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8504 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8505 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8508 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8509 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8510 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8511 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8512 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8515 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8516 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8517 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8518 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8519 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8522 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8523 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8524 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8525 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8526 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8529 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8530 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8531 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8532 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8533 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8536 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8537 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8538 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8539 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8540 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8543 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8544 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8545 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8546 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8547 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8552 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8554 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8556 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8560 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8561 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8562 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8565 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8567 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8568 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8571 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8574 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8581 /* xgettext:c-format */
8582 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8583 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8589 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8596 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8598 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8601 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8604 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8607 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8608 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8609 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8610 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8611 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8612 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8613 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8614 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8615 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8617 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8619 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8620 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8622 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8625 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8629 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8630 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8631 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8632 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8633 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8634 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8635 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8637 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8639 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8640 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8644 /* Fill in register field. */
8645 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8646 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8650 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8651 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8652 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8653 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8654 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8655 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8661 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8663 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8667 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8668 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8669 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8670 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8671 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8672 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8673 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8677 /* xgettext:c-format */
8678 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8679 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8690 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8692 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8695 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8697 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8698 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8699 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8701 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8702 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8703 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8704 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8706 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8707 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8709 value
= value
>> 16;
8710 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8711 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8713 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8715 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8717 value
= value
>> 16;
8718 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8719 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8721 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8723 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8725 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8726 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8727 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8729 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8731 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8733 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8734 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8735 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8737 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8742 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8743 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8746 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8748 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8749 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8750 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8751 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8753 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8756 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8759 /* Negative relocations. */
8760 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8761 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8762 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8763 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8764 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8765 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8769 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8770 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8771 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8772 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8774 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8776 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8777 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8778 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8779 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8780 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8781 /* xgettext:c-format */
8782 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8783 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8785 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8796 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8798 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8799 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8801 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8802 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8803 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8804 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8806 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8807 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8808 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8809 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8814 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8815 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8816 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8818 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8819 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8820 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8821 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8822 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8824 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8825 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8826 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8827 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8832 /* Do any further special processing. */
8838 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8839 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8840 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8841 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8842 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8843 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8844 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8845 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8846 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8847 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8848 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8849 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8854 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8855 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8856 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8857 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8858 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8859 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8860 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8861 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8866 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8868 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8869 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8871 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8872 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8873 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8875 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8876 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8877 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8878 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8879 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8880 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8881 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8882 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8883 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8885 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8886 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8887 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8888 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8890 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8891 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8893 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8895 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8899 relocation
+= addend
;
8900 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8901 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8904 relocation
^= lobit
;
8905 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8906 /* xgettext:c-format */
8907 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8908 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8909 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8918 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8919 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8924 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8928 if (unresolved_reloc
8929 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8931 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8932 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8934 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8935 /* xgettext:c-format */
8936 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8937 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8943 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8944 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8945 have different reloc types. */
8946 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8947 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8948 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8950 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8952 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8956 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8957 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8958 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8959 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8960 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8961 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8962 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8964 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8967 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8972 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8974 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8975 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8976 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8981 relocation
+= addend
;
8982 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8983 + input_section
->output_offset
8984 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8986 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8988 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8989 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8994 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8995 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
8997 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8999 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9002 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9003 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9006 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9007 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9008 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9009 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9010 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9011 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9015 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9016 /* xgettext:c-format */
9017 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9018 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9019 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9031 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9033 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9034 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9035 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9037 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9039 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9040 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9045 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9046 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9047 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9051 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9054 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9055 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9056 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9057 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9059 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9060 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9061 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9064 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9065 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9066 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9067 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9068 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9070 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9071 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9073 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9079 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9080 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9081 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9084 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9089 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9090 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9091 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9092 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9093 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9095 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9096 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9097 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9098 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9099 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9103 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9104 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9105 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9106 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9109 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9117 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9118 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9120 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9124 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9141 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9142 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9143 avoid the icache failure.
9145 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9146 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9147 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9148 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9149 unconditional branches:
9150 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9151 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9152 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9153 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9154 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9155 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9156 instruction is not executed.
9161 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9168 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9169 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9170 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9171 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9172 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9173 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9176 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9177 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9180 . nop b somewhere_else
9181 . b somewhere_else nop
9182 . new_page: new_page:
9184 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9185 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9186 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9187 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9188 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9189 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9190 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9193 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9194 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9195 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9196 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9197 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9200 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9201 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9205 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9206 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9207 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9208 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9210 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9212 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9213 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9216 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9218 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9219 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9222 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9223 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9224 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9225 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9231 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9232 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9233 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9234 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9237 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9240 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9241 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9242 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9243 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9246 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9247 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9249 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9251 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9255 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9257 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9258 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9261 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9262 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9272 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9273 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9275 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9277 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9278 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9280 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9282 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9284 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9285 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9286 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9287 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9288 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9290 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9292 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9293 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9294 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9295 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9296 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9298 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9300 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9301 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9302 contents
+ patch_off
);
9304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9305 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9306 contents
+ patch_off
);
9313 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9315 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9316 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9319 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9320 contents
+ patch_off
);
9322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9323 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9324 contents
+ patch_off
);
9326 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9327 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9328 contents
+ patch_off
);
9334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9337 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9338 contents
+ patch_off
);
9341 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9342 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9349 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9352 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9354 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9355 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9356 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9357 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9360 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9361 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9365 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9367 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9368 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9369 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9371 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9372 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9373 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9374 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9377 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9378 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9379 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9380 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9381 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9384 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9386 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9387 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9388 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9391 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9393 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9394 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9396 /* Use the right PLT. */
9397 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9398 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9400 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9401 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9403 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9404 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9405 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9406 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9407 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9408 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9412 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9414 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9415 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9416 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9417 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9418 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9419 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9422 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9423 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9424 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9425 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9427 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9428 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9429 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9430 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9431 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9432 prescaled offset. */
9433 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9434 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9435 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9436 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9437 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9438 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9439 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9440 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9442 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9444 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9445 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9446 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9447 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9448 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9449 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9451 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9452 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9453 in this PLT entry. */
9454 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9455 + plt
->output_offset
9456 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9457 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9459 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9461 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9462 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9463 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9464 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9465 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9467 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9468 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9469 + plt
->output_offset
9470 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9471 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9473 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9474 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9475 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9477 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9478 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9479 + plt
->output_offset
9480 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9481 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9483 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9487 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9488 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9489 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9490 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9492 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9494 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9498 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9499 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9500 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9501 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9502 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9503 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9504 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9511 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9512 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9514 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9516 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9517 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9521 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9522 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9525 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9526 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9527 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9532 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9533 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9537 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9538 + plt
->output_offset
9541 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9542 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9543 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9545 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9546 linker will fill it in. */
9550 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9551 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9552 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9553 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9554 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9561 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9562 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9563 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9565 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9566 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9568 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9569 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9570 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9571 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9575 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9576 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9577 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9578 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9579 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9586 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9587 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9588 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9591 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9593 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9594 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9596 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9597 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9602 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9603 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9605 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9606 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9615 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9618 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9620 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9626 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9628 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9630 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9631 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9633 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9634 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9635 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9637 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9640 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9644 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9645 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9646 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9647 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9648 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9649 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9650 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9652 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9654 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9656 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9659 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9662 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9663 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9665 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9670 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9671 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9672 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9674 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9676 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9677 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9678 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9679 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9683 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9684 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9686 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9687 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9691 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9692 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9697 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9698 + plt
->output_offset
9699 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9700 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9701 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9702 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9703 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9705 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9706 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9710 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9711 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9713 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9716 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9722 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9723 dynamic sections here. */
9726 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9727 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9729 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9731 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9732 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9735 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9736 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9740 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9741 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9742 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9744 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9746 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9747 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9748 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9749 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9750 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9751 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9753 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9754 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9756 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9758 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9759 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9760 function pointer. */
9766 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9767 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9768 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9769 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9770 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9771 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9774 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9775 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9776 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9777 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9778 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9786 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9789 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9792 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9795 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9797 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9799 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9800 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9802 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9803 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9805 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9806 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9808 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9809 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9813 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9819 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9820 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9821 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9822 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9824 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9826 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9827 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9829 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9831 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9832 return reloc_class_relative
;
9833 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9834 return reloc_class_plt
;
9836 return reloc_class_copy
;
9838 return reloc_class_normal
;
9842 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9845 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9846 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9849 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9852 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9855 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9858 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9859 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9860 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9863 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9864 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9866 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9868 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9870 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9872 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9873 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9874 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9876 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9879 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9884 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9885 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9888 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9892 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9896 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9897 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9901 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9905 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9906 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9907 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9908 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9909 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9910 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9911 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9912 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9916 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9917 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9922 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9926 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9927 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9929 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9930 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9932 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9934 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9935 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9937 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9938 so that a function can easily find the address of
9939 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9940 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9941 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9942 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9947 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9948 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9949 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9950 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9955 /* xgettext:c-format */
9956 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9957 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9958 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9959 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9960 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9964 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9967 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9968 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9969 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9970 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9971 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9973 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9974 /* Use the right PLT. */
9975 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9976 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9977 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9979 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9981 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9984 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9986 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10000 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10002 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10005 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10007 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10008 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10009 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10011 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10013 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10014 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10016 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10017 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10018 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10020 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10022 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10023 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10025 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10026 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10027 in which symbols were output. */
10028 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10030 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10032 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10033 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10034 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10035 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10037 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10038 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10039 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10040 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10042 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10043 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10044 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10045 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10050 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10051 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10052 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10055 unsigned char *endp
;
10059 * PIC glink code is the following:
10061 * # ith PLT code stub.
10062 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10063 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10067 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10068 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10069 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10070 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10071 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10073 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10079 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10082 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10085 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10086 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10087 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10088 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10091 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10094 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10096 * # ith PLT code stub.
10097 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10098 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10102 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10105 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10106 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10107 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10108 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10111 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10112 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10116 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10117 and perhaps some padding. */
10118 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10119 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10120 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10121 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10122 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10124 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10129 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10133 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10134 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10135 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10137 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10139 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10140 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10141 glink branch table. */
10142 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10144 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10145 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10147 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10148 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10149 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10151 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10155 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10156 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10159 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10160 one other call stub before this one. */
10161 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10163 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10165 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10170 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10171 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10172 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10176 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10177 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10178 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10182 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10186 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10188 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10190 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10192 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10196 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10216 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10220 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10231 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10244 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10247 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10250 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10251 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10253 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10256 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10261 /* Offset to .glink. */
10262 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10263 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10264 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10265 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10266 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10267 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10269 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10270 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10271 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10272 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10279 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10280 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10281 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10282 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10283 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10284 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10285 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10286 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10287 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10288 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10289 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10291 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10292 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10296 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10299 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10300 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10301 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10302 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10303 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10304 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10306 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10307 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10308 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10309 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10310 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10311 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10312 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10313 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10315 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10316 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10317 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10318 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10319 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10320 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10321 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10322 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10323 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10324 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10325 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10326 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10327 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10328 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10329 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10330 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10331 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10332 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10333 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10334 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10335 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10336 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10337 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10338 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10339 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10340 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10341 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10342 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10343 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10345 #include "elf32-target.h"
10347 /* FreeBSD Target */
10349 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10350 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10352 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10353 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10354 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10355 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10358 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10361 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10363 #include "elf32-target.h"
10365 /* VxWorks Target */
10367 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10368 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10370 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10371 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10372 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10373 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10377 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10378 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10380 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10382 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10384 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10387 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10388 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10390 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10393 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10394 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10395 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10396 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10398 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10400 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10403 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10404 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10405 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10406 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10407 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10408 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10413 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10415 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10416 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10417 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10418 const char **namep
,
10423 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10427 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10431 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10433 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10434 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10437 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10439 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10440 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10441 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10442 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10443 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10444 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10445 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10446 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10447 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10448 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10449 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10450 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10451 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10452 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10454 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10456 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10457 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10458 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10459 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10460 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10461 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10462 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10463 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10464 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10465 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10466 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10467 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10468 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10469 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10470 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10471 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10472 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10473 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10476 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10478 #include "elf32-target.h"